1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
331 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
332 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
333 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
334 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
336 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
337 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
339 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
340 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
341 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
342 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
343 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
344 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
345 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
346 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
347 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
349 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
350 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
351 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
352 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
353 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
354 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
355 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
358 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
359 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
360 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
363 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
364 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
365 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
367 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
368 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
371 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
372 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
375 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
376 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
379 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
380 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
381 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
382 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
383 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
384 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
385 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
386 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
387 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
388 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
389 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
391 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
392 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
394 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
396 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
398 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
402 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
403 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
404 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
405 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
408 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
409 for the current function. */
410 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
411 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
414 /* Hook used by __throw. */
417 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column ()
419 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
422 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
423 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
429 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
434 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
441 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
444 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
448 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
449 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
450 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
452 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
453 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
455 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
456 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
461 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
465 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
468 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
476 return "DW_CFA_offset";
478 return "DW_CFA_restore";
482 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
483 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
484 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
487 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
488 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
489 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
490 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
491 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
492 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
493 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
494 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
495 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
496 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
497 case DW_CFA_register
:
498 return "DW_CFA_register";
499 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
500 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
501 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
502 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
504 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
511 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
512 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
513 case DW_CFA_expression
:
514 return "DW_CFA_expression";
515 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
516 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
522 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
527 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
528 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
529 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
530 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
531 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
535 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
539 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
541 static inline dw_cfi_ref
544 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
546 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
547 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
548 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
553 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
556 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
557 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
562 /* Find the end of the chain. */
563 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
569 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
572 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
574 static char label
[20];
576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
581 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
582 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
585 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
591 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
594 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
596 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
597 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
601 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
603 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
605 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
606 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
607 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
610 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
614 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
617 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
620 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
622 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
624 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
626 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
627 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
629 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
630 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
633 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
634 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
636 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
637 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
644 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
648 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
652 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
655 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
657 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
658 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
660 if (fde_table_in_use
)
662 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
663 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
664 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
668 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
669 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
671 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
673 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
675 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
676 static long args_size
;
678 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
679 static long old_args_size
;
681 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
682 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
683 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
686 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
696 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
699 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
700 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
703 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
705 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
784 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
788 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
789 the value isn't a register number. */
790 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
793 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
795 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
797 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
799 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
801 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
802 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
803 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
805 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
807 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
811 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
813 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
817 else if (sreg
== reg
)
818 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
822 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
823 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
826 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
829 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
830 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
831 from the previous frame's window save area.
833 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
834 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
837 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
840 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
842 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
843 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
846 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
847 pushed onto the stack. */
850 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
856 if (size
== old_args_size
)
859 old_args_size
= size
;
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
863 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
864 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
867 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
868 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
876 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
879 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
880 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
883 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
887 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
890 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
891 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
894 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
898 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
901 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
902 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
905 initial_return_save (rtl
)
908 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
909 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
911 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
914 /* RA is in a register. */
915 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
919 /* RA is on the stack. */
921 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
924 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
930 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
932 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
936 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
938 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
949 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
950 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
951 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
953 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
960 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
963 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
967 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
970 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
971 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
972 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
975 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
977 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
978 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
979 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
980 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
981 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
984 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
988 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
990 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
991 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
992 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
998 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1000 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1001 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1002 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1003 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1005 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1012 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1014 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1021 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1023 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1038 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1039 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1040 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1043 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1046 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1050 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1052 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1053 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1054 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1055 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1056 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1057 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1061 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1065 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1066 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1067 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1070 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1072 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1073 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1074 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1075 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1076 offset
= -args_size
;
1081 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1082 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1083 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1084 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1086 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1088 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1089 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1090 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1098 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1099 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1101 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1105 args_size
+= offset
;
1109 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1110 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1111 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1116 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1117 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1118 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1120 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1122 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1127 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1129 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1130 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1133 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1138 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1140 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1142 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1143 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1145 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1149 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1151 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1153 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1155 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1159 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1164 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1167 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1169 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1170 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1177 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1178 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1179 value, not an offset. */
1180 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1182 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1183 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1184 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1187 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1188 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1189 users need not read the source code.
1191 The High-Level Picture
1193 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1194 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1195 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1196 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1197 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1199 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1200 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1201 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1202 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1203 saves. This also seems to work.
1205 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1206 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1207 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1208 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1210 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1211 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1212 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1213 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1215 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1217 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1218 consists of a register and an offset.
1219 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1220 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1221 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1222 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1223 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1224 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1225 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1227 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1228 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1229 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1232 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1233 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1234 and cfa_temp.offset.
1236 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1239 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1240 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1241 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1245 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1246 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1249 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1250 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1251 cfa.offset unchanged
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1257 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1258 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1259 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1260 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1261 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1264 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1265 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1266 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1269 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1270 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1272 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1273 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1277 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1278 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1280 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1281 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1284 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1285 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1286 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1289 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1290 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1291 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1294 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1298 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1305 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1307 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1310 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1311 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1312 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1314 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1317 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1320 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1321 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1324 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1325 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1326 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1329 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1330 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1331 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1332 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1335 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1340 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1342 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1343 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1344 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1345 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1346 flag is set in them. */
1347 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1350 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1352 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1353 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1354 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1356 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1361 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1364 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1365 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1367 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1371 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1372 relative to the current CFA register. */
1373 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1375 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1377 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1383 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1384 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1385 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1386 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1387 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1388 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1389 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1395 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1399 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1402 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1405 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1407 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1413 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1415 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1416 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1418 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1420 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1421 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1423 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1426 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1428 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1430 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1431 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1433 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1436 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1437 or adjusting the FP */
1438 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1441 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1442 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1443 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1445 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1446 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1448 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1449 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1456 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1461 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1462 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1464 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1465 into the FP later on. */
1466 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1467 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1468 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1470 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1471 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1475 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1476 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1477 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1479 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1480 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1481 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1483 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1484 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1488 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1489 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1491 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1492 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1502 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1507 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1508 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1509 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1512 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1517 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1518 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1527 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1531 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1534 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1536 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1541 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1542 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1544 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1546 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1547 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1550 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1552 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1554 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1560 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1561 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1564 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1565 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1568 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1569 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1570 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 /* With an offset. */
1580 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1582 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1583 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1586 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1587 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1589 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1595 /* Without an offset. */
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1598 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1600 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1610 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1617 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1618 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1619 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1621 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1623 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1625 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1626 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1634 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1635 calculate the CFA. */
1636 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1638 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1640 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1643 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1644 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1646 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1651 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1652 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1660 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1661 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1662 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1665 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1671 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1673 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1674 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1676 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1678 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1681 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1684 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1688 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1689 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1691 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1693 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1694 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1699 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1700 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1702 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1704 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1706 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1711 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1712 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1713 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1715 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1716 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1717 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1722 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1723 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1725 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1726 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1727 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1728 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1729 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1733 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1735 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1736 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1737 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1738 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1739 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1740 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1741 case DW_CFA_register
:
1742 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1745 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1750 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1758 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1759 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1760 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1762 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1763 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1764 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1768 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1769 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1771 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1772 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1773 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1775 case DW_CFA_register
:
1776 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1779 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1783 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1785 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1788 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1793 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1795 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1796 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1798 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1801 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1802 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1806 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1814 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1816 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1818 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1820 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1821 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1822 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1825 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1826 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1831 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1832 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1835 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1838 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1841 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1844 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1847 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1848 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1850 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1853 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1854 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1857 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1860 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1861 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1867 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1869 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1875 case DW_CFA_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1883 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1888 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1894 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1895 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1896 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1899 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1900 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1909 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1910 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1911 location of saved registers. */
1914 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1920 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1921 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1922 char augmentation
[6];
1923 int augmentation_size
;
1924 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1925 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1926 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1928 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1929 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1932 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1933 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1934 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1935 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1938 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1940 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1941 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1942 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1943 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1944 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1945 any_eh_needed
= true;
1947 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1951 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1956 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1958 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1960 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1961 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1963 /* Output the CIE. */
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1966 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1967 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1970 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1971 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1972 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1973 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1974 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1978 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1979 augmentation_size
= 0;
1985 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1986 augmentation section.
1987 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1988 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1989 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1991 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1992 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1994 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1995 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1996 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1998 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1999 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2002 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2004 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2007 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2009 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2012 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2014 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2016 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2020 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2021 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2023 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2025 + 1 /* CIE version */
2026 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2027 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2028 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2030 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2031 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2032 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2034 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2036 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2037 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2038 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2043 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2044 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2045 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2046 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2049 if (augmentation
[0])
2051 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2052 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2055 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2056 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2057 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2060 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2062 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2064 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2066 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2069 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2070 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2072 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2073 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2074 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2075 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2077 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2080 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2082 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2083 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2084 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2085 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2088 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2093 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2098 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2103 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2104 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2105 "FDE initial location");
2106 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2107 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2108 "FDE address range");
2112 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2113 "FDE initial location");
2114 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2115 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2116 "FDE address range");
2119 if (augmentation
[0])
2121 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2123 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2125 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2127 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2128 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2129 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2130 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2131 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2134 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2138 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2140 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2142 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2143 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2144 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2145 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2146 "Language Specific Data Area");
2150 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2153 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2154 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2161 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2163 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2164 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2165 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2167 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2168 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2169 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2170 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2173 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2174 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2175 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2176 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2177 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2178 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2181 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2186 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2190 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2191 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2192 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2194 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2197 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2199 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2200 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2201 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2203 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2204 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2207 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2211 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2212 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2213 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2214 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2215 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2216 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2218 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2219 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2220 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2224 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2225 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2227 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2228 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2229 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2230 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2231 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2234 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2235 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2237 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2238 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2239 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2240 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2241 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2242 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2243 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2244 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2245 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2246 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2248 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2250 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2251 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2252 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2254 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2258 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2259 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2263 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2264 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2265 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2268 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2270 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2272 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2273 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2274 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2275 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2276 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2280 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2282 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2283 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2284 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2285 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2286 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2288 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2289 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2291 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2292 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2293 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2294 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2299 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2301 /* Output call frame information. */
2302 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2303 output_call_frame_info (0);
2305 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2306 output_call_frame_info (1);
2310 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2311 for emitting location expressions. */
2313 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2314 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2315 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2318 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2319 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2320 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2321 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2323 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2324 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2325 implementation are listed below. */
2330 dw_val_class_offset
,
2332 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2333 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2335 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2336 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2339 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2340 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2341 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2342 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2346 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2347 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2349 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2356 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2358 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2360 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2365 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2366 represented internally. */
2368 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2370 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2371 union dw_val_struct_union
2373 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2374 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2375 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2376 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2377 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2378 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2379 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2380 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2381 struct dw_val_die_union
2385 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2386 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2387 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2388 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2389 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2391 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2395 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2398 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2400 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2401 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2402 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2403 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2408 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2409 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2410 their entire life. */
2411 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2413 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2414 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2415 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2416 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2417 Only on head of list */
2418 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2419 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2422 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2424 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2425 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2428 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2430 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2431 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2432 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2433 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2435 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2438 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2444 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2445 return "DW_OP_addr";
2447 return "DW_OP_deref";
2449 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2451 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2453 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2455 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2457 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2459 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2461 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2463 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2465 return "DW_OP_constu";
2467 return "DW_OP_consts";
2471 return "DW_OP_drop";
2473 return "DW_OP_over";
2475 return "DW_OP_pick";
2477 return "DW_OP_swap";
2481 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2489 return "DW_OP_minus";
2501 return "DW_OP_plus";
2502 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2503 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2509 return "DW_OP_shra";
2527 return "DW_OP_skip";
2529 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2531 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2533 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2557 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2559 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2561 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2563 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2565 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2567 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2569 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2571 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2573 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2575 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2577 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2579 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2581 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2583 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2585 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2587 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2589 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2591 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2593 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2595 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2597 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2621 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2623 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2625 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2627 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2629 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2631 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2633 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2635 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2637 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2639 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2641 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2643 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2645 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2647 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2649 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2651 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2653 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2655 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2657 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2659 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2661 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2685 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2687 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2689 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2691 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2693 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2695 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2697 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2699 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2701 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2703 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2705 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2707 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2709 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2711 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2713 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2715 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2717 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2719 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2721 return "DW_OP_regx";
2723 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2725 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2727 return "DW_OP_piece";
2728 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2729 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2730 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2731 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2734 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2735 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2737 return "DW_OP_call2";
2739 return "DW_OP_call4";
2740 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2741 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2742 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2743 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2745 return "OP_<unknown>";
2749 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2750 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2751 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2753 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2754 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2755 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2756 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2757 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2759 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2760 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2762 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2763 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2764 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2765 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2766 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2772 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2775 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2776 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2777 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2779 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2781 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2782 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2788 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2790 static unsigned long
2791 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2792 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2794 unsigned long size
= 1;
2796 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2799 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2800 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2819 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2822 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2827 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2828 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2869 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2872 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2875 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2876 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2879 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2881 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2882 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2891 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2892 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2901 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2903 static unsigned long
2905 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2909 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2911 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2912 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2922 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2924 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2925 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2927 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2929 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2931 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2935 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2939 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2943 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2945 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2952 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2953 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2957 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2970 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2971 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2972 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2973 only doing unwinding. */
2978 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2981 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2984 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2987 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2989 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2990 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3034 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3037 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3039 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3040 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3044 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3045 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3046 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3048 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3055 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3060 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3063 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3064 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3066 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3068 /* Output the opcode. */
3069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3070 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3072 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3073 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3077 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3078 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3081 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3084 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3087 /* Output the size of the block. */
3088 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3089 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3090 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3092 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3093 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3096 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3097 a dw_cfa_location. */
3099 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3101 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3103 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3105 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3108 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3111 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3113 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3115 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3116 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3118 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3120 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3121 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3123 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3125 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3126 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3132 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3133 descriptor sequence. */
3136 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3137 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3138 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3140 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3142 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3146 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3148 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3184 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3187 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3221 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3222 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3225 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3226 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3231 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3232 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3235 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3236 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3240 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3242 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3243 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3245 /* .debug_str support. */
3246 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3248 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3249 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3250 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3251 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3252 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3253 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3254 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3255 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3256 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3257 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3258 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3260 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3262 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3268 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3269 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3270 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3271 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3272 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3273 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3274 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3275 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3276 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3277 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3278 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3279 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3280 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3281 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3282 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3283 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3284 something tries to reference them. */
3285 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3286 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3287 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3291 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3292 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3293 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3295 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3296 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3297 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3298 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3300 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3301 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3303 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3305 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3307 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3308 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3309 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3310 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3311 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3313 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3314 line number associated with the label generated for that
3315 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3316 the line number entry. */
3318 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3320 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3321 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3325 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3327 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3329 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3330 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3331 unsigned long function
;
3333 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3335 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3336 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3337 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3339 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3341 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3342 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3343 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3347 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3349 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3351 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3353 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3354 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3355 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3357 dw_offset die_offset
;
3358 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3363 /* The pubname structure */
3365 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3372 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3377 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3378 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3382 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3386 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3387 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3388 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3391 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3392 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3394 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3395 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3396 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3397 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3398 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3399 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3401 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3402 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3403 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3404 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3405 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3406 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3407 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3408 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3409 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3410 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3412 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3413 language, and compiler version. */
3415 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3416 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3417 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3419 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3420 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3422 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3423 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3424 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3425 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3426 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3428 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3429 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3430 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3431 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3432 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3433 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3435 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3436 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3437 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3438 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3440 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3444 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3445 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3446 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3448 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3449 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3451 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3452 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3454 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3455 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3456 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3457 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3458 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3460 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3461 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3462 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3463 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3466 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3467 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3469 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3470 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3472 static int is_main_source
;
3475 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3476 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3478 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3479 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3480 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3481 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3483 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3484 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3485 number identifying each decl. */
3486 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3488 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3489 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3491 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3494 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3496 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3498 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3499 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3500 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3501 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3502 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3504 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3505 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3507 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3508 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3510 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3511 abbrev_die_table. */
3512 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3514 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3515 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3516 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3517 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3519 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3520 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3522 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3523 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3525 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3526 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3527 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3528 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3530 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3531 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3533 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3536 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3538 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3540 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3541 accessible names. */
3542 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3544 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3545 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3547 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3548 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3550 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3552 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3554 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3555 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3557 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3558 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3560 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3561 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3563 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3565 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3567 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3568 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3570 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3571 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3573 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3574 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3576 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3578 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3580 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3581 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3583 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3584 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3585 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3587 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3588 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3591 /* Number of file tables emited in maybe_emit_file(). */
3592 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3594 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3595 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3597 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3599 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3601 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3602 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3603 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3604 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3605 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3606 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3608 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3610 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3611 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3612 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3613 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3614 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3615 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3616 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3618 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3619 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3620 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3621 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3622 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3623 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3625 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3626 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3627 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3630 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3631 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3633 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3634 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3635 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3636 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3638 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3639 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3640 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3643 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3644 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3645 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3646 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3647 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3649 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3650 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3652 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3653 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3654 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3656 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3657 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3658 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3660 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3661 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3662 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3664 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3665 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3667 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3668 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3670 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3671 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3673 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3674 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3675 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3676 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3677 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3678 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3679 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3680 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3681 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3682 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3683 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3684 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3685 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3686 static bool is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3687 static bool is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3688 static bool is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3689 static bool is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3690 static bool is_ada
PARAMS ((void));
3691 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3692 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3693 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3694 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3695 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3696 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3698 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3699 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3700 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3701 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3702 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3703 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3704 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3705 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3706 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3707 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3708 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3709 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3711 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3714 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3717 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3718 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3719 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3721 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3722 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3723 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3724 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3725 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3726 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3727 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3728 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3729 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3731 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3732 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3733 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3734 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3735 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3736 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3737 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3738 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3739 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3740 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3742 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3743 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3744 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3745 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3746 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3747 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3748 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3749 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3750 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3751 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3752 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3753 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3754 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3755 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3756 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3757 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3758 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3759 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3760 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3761 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3762 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3763 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3764 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3765 static bool is_ada_subrange_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3766 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3767 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3768 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3769 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3770 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3771 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((unsigned int));
3772 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3773 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3774 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3775 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3776 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3777 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3779 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3780 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3781 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3782 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3783 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3784 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3785 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3786 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3787 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3789 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3790 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3791 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3792 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3793 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3794 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3795 static void add_comp_dir_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3796 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3797 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3798 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3799 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3800 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3801 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3802 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3803 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3804 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3805 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3806 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3807 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3808 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3809 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3810 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3811 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3812 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3814 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3815 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3817 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3819 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3820 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3822 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3824 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3825 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3826 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3828 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3831 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3832 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3833 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3834 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3835 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3836 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3837 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3838 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3839 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3840 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3841 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3842 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3843 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3844 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3845 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3846 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3847 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3848 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3849 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3850 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3851 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3852 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3853 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3854 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3855 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3856 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3857 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3858 const char *, const char *,
3859 const char *, unsigned));
3860 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3862 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3863 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3864 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3866 static void prune_unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3867 static void prune_unused_types_mark
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3868 static void prune_unused_types_walk
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3869 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3870 static void prune_unused_types_prune
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3871 static void prune_unused_types
PARAMS ((void));
3872 static int maybe_emit_file
PARAMS ((int));
3874 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3876 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3879 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3882 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3884 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3885 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3887 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3888 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3890 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3891 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3893 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3894 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3896 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3897 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3899 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3900 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3903 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3904 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3905 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3908 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3909 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3910 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3911 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3913 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3916 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3917 the section names themselves. */
3919 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3920 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3922 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3923 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3925 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3926 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3928 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3929 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3931 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3932 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3934 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3935 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3937 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3938 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3941 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3942 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3943 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3944 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3945 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3947 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3948 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3949 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3950 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3951 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3952 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3953 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3954 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3956 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3957 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3959 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3960 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3962 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3963 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3965 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3966 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3968 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3969 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3972 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3973 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3975 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3978 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3979 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3981 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3984 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3990 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3991 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3992 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3995 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3999 type_main_variant (type
)
4002 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4004 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4005 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4006 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4007 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4009 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4010 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4011 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4016 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4019 is_tagged_type (type
)
4022 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4024 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4025 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4028 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4031 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4036 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4038 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4040 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4043 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4044 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4046 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4048 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4051 return "DW_TAG_label";
4052 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4055 return "DW_TAG_member";
4056 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4058 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4062 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4064 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4066 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4070 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4072 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4074 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4076 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4078 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4080 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4081 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4082 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4083 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4085 return "DW_TAG_module";
4086 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4087 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4088 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4089 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4090 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4091 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4092 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4093 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4094 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4095 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4096 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4097 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4098 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4099 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4100 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4101 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4102 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4103 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4104 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4105 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4106 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4107 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4109 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4110 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4111 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4112 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4113 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4114 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4115 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4116 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4117 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4118 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4119 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4120 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4121 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4122 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4123 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4124 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4125 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4126 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4127 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4128 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4129 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4130 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4131 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4132 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4133 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4134 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4135 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4136 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4137 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4138 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4139 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4140 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4141 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4142 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4143 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4145 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4149 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4152 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4158 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4159 case DW_AT_location
:
4160 return "DW_AT_location";
4162 return "DW_AT_name";
4163 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4164 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4165 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4166 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4167 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4168 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4169 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4170 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4171 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4172 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4173 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4174 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4175 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4176 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4178 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4180 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4181 case DW_AT_language
:
4182 return "DW_AT_language";
4184 return "DW_AT_member";
4186 return "DW_AT_discr";
4187 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4188 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4189 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4190 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4192 return "DW_AT_import";
4193 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4194 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4195 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4196 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4197 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4198 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4199 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4200 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4201 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4202 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4203 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4204 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4206 return "DW_AT_inline";
4207 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4208 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4209 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4210 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4211 case DW_AT_producer
:
4212 return "DW_AT_producer";
4213 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4214 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4215 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4216 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4217 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4218 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4219 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4220 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4221 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4222 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4223 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4224 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4225 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4226 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4227 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4228 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4229 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4230 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4231 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4232 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4233 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4234 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4236 return "DW_AT_count";
4237 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4238 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4239 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4240 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4241 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4242 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4243 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4244 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4245 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4246 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4247 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4248 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4249 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4250 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4251 case DW_AT_external
:
4252 return "DW_AT_external";
4253 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4254 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4256 return "DW_AT_friend";
4257 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4258 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4259 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4260 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4261 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4262 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4263 case DW_AT_priority
:
4264 return "DW_AT_priority";
4266 return "DW_AT_segment";
4267 case DW_AT_specification
:
4268 return "DW_AT_specification";
4269 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4270 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4272 return "DW_AT_type";
4273 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4274 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4275 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4276 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4277 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4278 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4279 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4280 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4282 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4283 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4284 case DW_AT_associated
:
4285 return "DW_AT_associated";
4286 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4287 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4289 return "DW_AT_stride";
4290 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4291 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4292 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4293 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4294 case DW_AT_extension
:
4295 return "DW_AT_extension";
4297 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4298 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4299 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4300 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4301 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4302 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4303 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4304 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4305 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4307 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4308 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4313 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4314 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4315 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4316 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4317 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4318 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4319 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4320 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4321 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4322 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4323 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4324 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4325 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4326 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4327 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4328 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4330 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4331 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4332 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4333 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4334 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4335 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4336 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4337 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4338 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4339 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4340 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4341 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4342 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4343 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4345 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4346 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4349 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4353 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4356 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4362 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4363 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4364 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4365 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4366 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4368 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4370 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4372 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4373 case DW_FORM_string
:
4374 return "DW_FORM_string";
4376 return "DW_FORM_block";
4377 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4378 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4380 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4382 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4384 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4386 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4388 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4389 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4390 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4392 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4394 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4396 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4398 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4399 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4400 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4401 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4402 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4404 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4408 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4412 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4417 case DW_ATE_address
:
4418 return "DW_ATE_address";
4419 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4420 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4421 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4422 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4424 return "DW_ATE_float";
4426 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4427 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4428 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4429 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4430 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4431 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4432 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4434 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4439 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4440 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4441 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4442 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4446 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4449 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4450 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4451 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4452 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4455 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4456 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4457 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4458 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4462 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4465 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4466 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4467 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4468 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4472 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4475 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4477 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4478 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4479 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4480 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4483 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4488 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4492 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4493 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4494 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4496 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4502 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4503 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4507 decl_class_context (decl
)
4510 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4512 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4513 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4515 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4516 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4518 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4519 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4524 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4525 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4528 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4532 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4534 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4535 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4539 static inline enum dw_val_class
4543 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4546 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4549 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4551 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4554 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4556 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4557 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4558 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4559 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4560 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4563 static inline unsigned
4567 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4568 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4573 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4576 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4578 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4581 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4583 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4584 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4585 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4586 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4587 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4590 static inline long int
4594 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4595 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4600 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4603 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4605 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4606 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4608 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4610 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4611 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4612 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4614 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4617 static inline unsigned long
4621 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4622 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4627 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4630 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4632 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4633 unsigned long val_hi
;
4634 unsigned long val_low
;
4636 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4638 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4639 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4640 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4641 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4642 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4643 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4646 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4649 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4651 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4655 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4657 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4658 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4659 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4660 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4661 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4662 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4665 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4668 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4671 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4675 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4679 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4680 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4683 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4686 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4688 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4691 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4692 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4695 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4696 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4697 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4699 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4700 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4702 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4703 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4704 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4707 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4708 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4709 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4710 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4711 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4714 static inline const char *
4718 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4719 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4724 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4725 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4731 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4733 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4737 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4741 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4743 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4744 always better to put it inline. */
4745 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4746 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4748 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4749 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4751 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4752 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4753 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4755 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4756 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4757 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4759 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4765 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4768 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4770 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4771 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4773 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4775 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4776 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4777 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4778 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4779 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4780 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4783 static inline dw_die_ref
4787 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4788 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4797 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4798 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4804 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4808 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4809 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4814 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4817 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4819 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4822 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4824 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4825 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4826 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4828 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4831 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4834 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4836 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4837 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4839 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4841 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4842 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4843 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4844 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4845 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4848 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4852 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4853 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4859 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4861 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4862 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4864 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4866 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4867 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4868 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4869 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4870 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4871 have_location_lists
= 1;
4874 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4878 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4879 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4884 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4887 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4889 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4892 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4894 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4895 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4896 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4897 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4898 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4905 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4906 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4911 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4914 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4916 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4919 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4921 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4922 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4923 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4924 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4925 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4928 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4931 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4933 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4936 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4938 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4939 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4940 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4941 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4942 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4945 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4948 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4950 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4951 unsigned long offset
;
4953 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4955 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4956 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4957 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4958 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4959 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4962 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4965 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4967 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4968 unsigned long offset
;
4970 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4972 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4973 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4974 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4975 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4976 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4979 static inline const char *
4983 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4984 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4985 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4990 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4992 static inline dw_attr_ref
4993 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4995 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4998 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5002 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5003 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5005 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5006 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5010 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5016 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5017 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5018 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5020 static inline const char *
5024 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5026 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5029 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5030 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5031 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5033 static inline const char *
5037 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5039 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5042 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5043 NULL if it is not present. */
5045 static inline const char *
5046 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5048 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5050 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5052 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5055 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5056 if it is not present. */
5059 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5061 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5063 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5065 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5068 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5069 if it is not present. */
5071 static inline unsigned
5072 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5074 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5076 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5078 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5081 static inline dw_die_ref
5082 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5084 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5086 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5088 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5091 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5096 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5098 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5099 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5102 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5107 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5108 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5111 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5116 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5118 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
5121 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5126 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5128 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5131 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5136 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5138 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5141 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5143 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5148 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5149 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5150 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5153 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5156 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5158 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5161 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5165 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5166 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5169 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5178 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5184 remove_children (die
);
5187 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5190 remove_children (die
)
5193 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5195 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5197 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5199 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5202 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5204 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5206 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5208 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5216 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5217 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5220 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5222 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5224 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5226 if (die
== child_die
)
5229 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5230 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5231 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5235 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5236 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5239 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5240 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5244 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5245 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5246 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5248 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5254 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5255 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5258 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5261 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5265 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5266 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5267 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5270 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5272 static inline dw_die_ref
5273 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5274 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5275 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5278 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5280 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5282 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5283 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5286 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5288 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5289 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5290 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5291 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5292 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5298 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5300 static inline dw_die_ref
5301 lookup_type_die (type
)
5304 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5307 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5310 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5312 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5314 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5317 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5319 static inline dw_die_ref
5320 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5323 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5325 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5328 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5331 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5333 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5335 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5336 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5338 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5341 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5342 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5343 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5345 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5346 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5348 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5349 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5350 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5353 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5354 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5356 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5359 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5360 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5361 the DIE internal representation. */
5362 static int print_indent
;
5364 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5367 print_spaces (outfile
)
5370 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5373 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5374 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5377 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5384 print_spaces (outfile
);
5385 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5386 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5387 print_spaces (outfile
);
5388 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5389 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5391 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5393 print_spaces (outfile
);
5394 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5396 switch (AT_class (a
))
5398 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5399 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5401 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5402 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5404 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5405 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5407 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5408 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5409 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5411 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5412 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5414 case dw_val_class_const
:
5415 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5417 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5418 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5420 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5421 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5422 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5423 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5425 case dw_val_class_float
:
5426 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5428 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5429 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5431 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5432 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5434 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5435 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5437 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5440 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5442 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5443 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5444 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5446 case dw_val_class_str
:
5447 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5448 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5450 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5456 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5459 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5462 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5463 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5467 if (print_indent
== 0)
5468 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5471 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5472 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5475 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5479 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5481 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5482 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5484 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5485 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5486 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5487 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5488 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5489 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5492 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5495 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5498 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5501 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5504 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5505 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5511 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5512 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5513 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5516 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5517 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5518 they are in order of addition. */
5521 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5524 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5525 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5527 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5529 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5530 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5536 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5543 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5546 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5547 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5548 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5549 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5550 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5553 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5558 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5560 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5561 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5564 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5565 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5566 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5569 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5570 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5572 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5573 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5575 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5579 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5582 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5583 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5585 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5587 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5591 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5592 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5594 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5597 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5598 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5599 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5601 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5602 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5603 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5606 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5609 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5611 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5614 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5617 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5619 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5620 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5621 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5622 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5623 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5626 switch (AT_class (at
))
5628 case dw_val_class_const
:
5629 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5631 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5632 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5634 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5635 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5637 case dw_val_class_float
:
5638 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5640 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5641 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5643 case dw_val_class_str
:
5644 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5647 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5649 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5652 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5660 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5661 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5664 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5665 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5666 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5669 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5670 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5673 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5674 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5675 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5683 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5686 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5688 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5694 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5697 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5700 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5702 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5704 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5705 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5707 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5708 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5712 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5714 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5716 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5717 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5718 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5721 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5722 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5723 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5726 /* Do the values look the same? */
5728 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5733 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5737 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5740 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5742 case dw_val_class_const
:
5743 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5744 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5745 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5746 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5747 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5748 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5749 case dw_val_class_float
:
5750 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5752 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5753 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5756 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5757 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5758 case dw_val_class_str
:
5759 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5761 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5762 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5763 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5764 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5766 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5769 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5775 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5776 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5778 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5779 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5781 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5782 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5784 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5786 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5787 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5789 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5790 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5791 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5799 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5802 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5807 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5810 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5811 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5812 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5813 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5814 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5817 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5820 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5823 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5831 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5833 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5834 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5836 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5839 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5841 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5842 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5847 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5849 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5850 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5858 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5861 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5866 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5868 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5869 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5874 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5876 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5878 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5879 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5881 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5882 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5885 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5886 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5888 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5889 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5890 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5893 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5896 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5897 the name filename of the unit. */
5899 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5901 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5902 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5903 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5905 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5906 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5908 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5909 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5911 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5915 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5916 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5919 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5925 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5927 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5928 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5929 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5930 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5931 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5932 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5933 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5934 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5935 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5936 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5937 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5938 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5939 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5940 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5941 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5942 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5943 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5944 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5951 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5952 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5953 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5954 compilations (functions). */
5960 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5961 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5962 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5963 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5965 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5968 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5969 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5970 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5971 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5973 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5975 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5978 return is_type_die (c
);
5981 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5982 compilation unit. */
5988 return (is_type_die (c
)
5989 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5990 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5994 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5999 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6000 return xstrdup (buf
);
6003 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6006 assign_symbol_names (die
)
6011 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6013 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6015 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6017 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6018 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6019 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6022 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6025 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6026 assign_symbol_names (c
);
6029 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6032 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6033 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6036 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6041 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6043 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6047 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6051 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6052 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6054 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6061 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6071 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6074 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6079 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6080 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6082 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6084 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6085 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6089 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6091 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6097 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6101 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6103 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6104 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6110 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6112 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6117 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6119 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6120 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6124 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6127 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6128 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6129 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6132 break_out_includes (die
)
6136 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6137 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6138 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6140 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6142 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6144 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6145 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6147 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6150 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6152 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6155 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6157 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6161 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6165 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6166 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6172 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6173 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6178 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6179 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6180 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6186 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6187 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6188 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6189 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6191 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6194 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6195 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6196 comdat_symbol_number
);
6199 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6202 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6203 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6204 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6207 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6212 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6213 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6214 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6215 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6217 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6218 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6221 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6224 output_location_lists (die
)
6230 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6231 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6232 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6234 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6235 output_location_lists (c
);
6239 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6240 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6241 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6242 die are visited recursively. */
6245 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6248 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6249 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6251 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6253 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6254 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6255 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6256 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6257 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6259 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6262 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6265 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6267 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6269 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6271 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6273 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6274 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6276 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6278 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6279 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6282 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6283 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6286 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6292 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6294 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6296 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6297 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6298 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6300 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6301 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6302 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6305 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6306 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6309 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6310 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6311 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6314 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6317 constant_size (value
)
6318 long unsigned value
;
6325 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6328 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6333 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6334 .debug_info section. */
6336 static unsigned long
6340 unsigned long size
= 0;
6343 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6344 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6346 switch (AT_class (a
))
6348 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6349 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6351 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6352 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6354 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6356 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6359 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6363 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6364 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6366 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6367 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6369 case dw_val_class_const
:
6370 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6372 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6373 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6375 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6376 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6378 case dw_val_class_float
:
6379 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6381 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6384 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6385 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6386 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6388 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6390 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6391 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6393 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6394 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6396 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6397 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6399 case dw_val_class_str
:
6400 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6401 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6403 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6413 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6414 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6415 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6416 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6419 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6424 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6425 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6427 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6430 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6431 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6432 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6435 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6436 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6437 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6438 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6450 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6454 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6466 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6470 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6473 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6483 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6484 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6486 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6487 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6488 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6491 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6492 compilation unit. */
6494 static unsigned long
6500 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6501 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6503 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6504 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6507 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6511 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6513 static unsigned long
6518 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6520 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6521 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6522 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6524 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6525 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6529 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6531 static enum dwarf_form
6535 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6537 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6538 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6539 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6540 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6541 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6542 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6543 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6544 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6546 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6547 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6548 .debug_loc section */
6549 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6550 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6551 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6554 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6556 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6560 case dw_val_class_const
:
6561 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6562 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6563 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6566 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6568 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6570 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6572 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6576 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6577 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6578 case dw_val_class_float
:
6579 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6580 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6581 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6582 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6583 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6584 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6587 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6588 return DW_FORM_data
;
6589 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6590 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6591 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6592 return DW_FORM_data
;
6593 case dw_val_class_str
:
6594 return AT_string_form (a
);
6601 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6604 output_value_format (a
)
6607 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6609 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6612 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6616 output_abbrev_section ()
6618 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6622 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6624 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6626 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6627 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6628 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6630 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6635 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6636 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6638 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6639 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6640 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6647 /* Terminate the table. */
6648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6651 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6654 output_die_symbol (die
)
6657 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6662 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6663 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6664 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6666 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6668 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6671 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6672 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6673 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6675 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6676 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6677 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6680 const char *section
;
6683 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6685 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6687 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6688 retlist
->section
= section
;
6690 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6695 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6698 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6699 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6700 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6703 const char *section
;
6707 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6708 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6711 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6712 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6715 /* Output the location list given to us */
6718 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6719 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6721 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6723 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6725 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6726 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6727 in more than one section. */
6728 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6730 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6731 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6732 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6733 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6734 "Location list base address specifier base");
6737 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6741 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6742 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6743 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6744 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6745 "Location list end address (%s)",
6746 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6747 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6749 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6752 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6754 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6757 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6758 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6759 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6760 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6761 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6762 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6765 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6766 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6776 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6777 them to point to. */
6778 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6779 output_die_symbol (die
);
6781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6782 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6784 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6786 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6788 switch (AT_class (a
))
6790 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6791 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6794 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6795 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6799 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6801 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6803 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6804 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6810 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6811 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6813 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6814 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6816 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6819 case dw_val_class_const
:
6820 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6821 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6822 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6823 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6826 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6827 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6828 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6831 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6833 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6835 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6836 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6839 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6841 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6842 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6846 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6847 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6850 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6851 first
, "long long constant");
6852 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6857 case dw_val_class_float
:
6861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6864 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6865 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6866 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6870 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6874 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6876 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6880 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6881 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6885 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6886 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6888 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6892 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6894 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6897 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6901 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6905 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6906 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6907 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6911 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6912 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6915 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6916 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6919 case dw_val_class_str
:
6920 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6921 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6922 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6923 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6925 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6933 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6936 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6937 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6942 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6943 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6946 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6948 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6949 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6950 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6952 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6953 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6954 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6955 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6956 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6957 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6960 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6963 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6965 int output_if_empty
;
6967 const char *secname
;
6970 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6971 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6974 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6975 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6976 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6977 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6978 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6981 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6983 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6984 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6985 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6987 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6990 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6992 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6994 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6997 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6999 /* Output debugging information. */
7000 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
7001 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7004 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7009 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7013 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7014 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7015 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7018 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
7022 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7025 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7028 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
7034 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7037 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7039 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7041 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7042 (pubname_table_allocated
7043 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7044 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7045 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7048 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7050 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7053 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7054 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7055 visible procedures. */
7061 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7063 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7064 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7065 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7066 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7067 "Length of Public Names Info");
7068 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7069 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7070 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7072 "Compilation Unit Length");
7074 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7076 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7078 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7079 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7085 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7091 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7094 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7098 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7101 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7103 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7104 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7105 (arange_table_allocated
7106 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7107 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7108 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7111 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7114 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7115 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7116 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7122 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7124 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7125 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7126 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7127 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7128 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7129 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7130 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7131 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7133 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7135 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7136 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7138 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7140 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7141 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7142 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7143 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7146 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7147 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7148 text_section_label
, "Length");
7150 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7152 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7154 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7155 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7158 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7160 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7162 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7163 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7167 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7168 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7169 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7170 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7171 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7173 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7177 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7180 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7181 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7182 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7183 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7188 /* Output the terminator words. */
7189 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7190 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7193 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7200 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7202 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7204 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7205 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7206 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7207 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7208 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7209 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7212 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7213 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7215 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7222 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7223 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7225 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7227 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7231 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7232 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7234 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7237 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7238 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7239 base of the text section. */
7240 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7242 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7244 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7245 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7246 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7249 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7250 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7251 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7252 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7255 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7256 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7257 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7264 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7271 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7274 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7275 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7276 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7277 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7278 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7281 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7285 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7286 int length
; /* Path length. */
7287 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7288 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7289 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7290 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7293 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7294 the directories in the path. */
7297 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7301 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7302 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7306 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7307 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7308 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7309 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7310 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7311 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7312 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7314 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7315 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7321 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7322 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7323 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7324 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7325 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7327 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7328 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7333 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7334 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7335 slowdowns with many input files. */
7338 output_file_names ()
7340 struct file_info
*files
;
7341 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7350 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7351 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7358 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7359 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7360 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7361 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7362 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7364 /* Sort the file names. */
7365 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7369 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7370 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7371 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7374 /* Create a new array entry. */
7376 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7377 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7379 /* Search for the file name part. */
7380 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7381 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7384 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7385 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7387 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7388 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7389 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7390 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7392 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7394 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7397 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7398 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7399 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7400 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7402 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7403 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7404 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7410 /* This is a new directory. */
7411 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7412 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7413 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7414 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7415 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7416 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7418 /* Search for a prefix. */
7419 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7420 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7421 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7422 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7423 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7424 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7425 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7426 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7431 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7432 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7433 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7434 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7435 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7436 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7437 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7438 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7440 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7441 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7446 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7447 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7448 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7449 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7451 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7454 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7456 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7461 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7466 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7467 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7469 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7470 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7475 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7477 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7479 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7480 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7481 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7483 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7484 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7486 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7487 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7492 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7493 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7494 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7495 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7496 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7498 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7500 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7501 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7504 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7505 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7506 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7507 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7508 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7510 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7511 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7512 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7514 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7515 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7516 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7519 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7521 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7523 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7526 /* Now write all the file names. */
7527 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7529 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7530 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7532 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7533 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7535 /* Include directory index. */
7536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7538 /* Modification time. */
7539 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7541 /* File length in bytes. */
7542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7549 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7550 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7555 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7556 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7557 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7560 unsigned long lt_index
;
7561 unsigned long current_line
;
7564 unsigned long current_file
;
7565 unsigned long function
;
7567 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7568 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7572 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7573 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7574 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7575 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7576 "Length of Source Line Info");
7577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7580 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7581 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7583 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7584 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7585 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7586 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7587 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7588 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7589 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7590 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7592 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7595 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7597 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7599 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7601 "Special Opcode Base");
7603 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7607 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7608 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7609 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7610 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7611 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7623 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7624 output_file_names ();
7625 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7627 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7628 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7629 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7631 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7632 a series of state machine operations. */
7635 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7636 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7638 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7641 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7642 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7645 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7646 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7647 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7648 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7649 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7653 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7655 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7656 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7657 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7658 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7659 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7660 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7662 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7665 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7667 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7668 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7672 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7673 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7675 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7676 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7677 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7680 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7682 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7683 different from the previous line. */
7684 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7686 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7688 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7689 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7693 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7694 that uses the least amount of space. */
7695 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7697 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7698 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7699 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7700 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7701 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7702 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7705 "line %lu", current_line
);
7708 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7709 depending on the value being encoded. */
7710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7711 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7712 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7717 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7721 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7725 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7726 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7731 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7733 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7743 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7745 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7746 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7749 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7750 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7751 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7752 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7756 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7757 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7758 to handle it differently. */
7759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7761 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7763 function
= line_info
->function
;
7765 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7768 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7769 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7773 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7777 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7778 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7785 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7789 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7791 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7792 different from the previous line. */
7793 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7795 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7798 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7802 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7803 that uses the least amount of space. */
7804 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7806 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7807 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7808 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7809 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7811 "line %lu", current_line
);
7814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7815 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7816 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7817 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7829 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7830 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7831 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7836 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7837 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7841 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7842 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7848 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7849 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7852 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7854 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7859 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7860 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7863 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7864 a DIE that describes the given type.
7866 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7867 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7870 base_type_die (type
)
7873 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7874 const char *type_name
;
7875 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7876 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7878 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7883 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7884 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7886 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7889 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7891 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7894 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7895 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7896 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7898 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7899 && (type
== char_type_node
7900 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7901 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7903 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7904 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7906 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7909 /* else fall through. */
7912 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7913 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7914 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7916 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7920 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7923 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7924 a user defined type for it. */
7926 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7927 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7929 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7933 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7934 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7938 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7942 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7943 if (demangle_name_func
)
7944 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7946 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7947 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7948 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7949 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7951 return base_type_result
;
7954 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7955 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7956 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7957 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7958 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7959 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7960 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7961 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7967 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7968 return error_mark_node
;
7970 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7973 return error_mark_node
;
7976 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7977 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7980 return type_main_variant (type
);
7984 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7985 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7991 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8006 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8011 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8025 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8026 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8027 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8028 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8031 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8032 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
8036 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8037 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8038 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8040 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8041 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8043 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8046 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8047 emitted as a subrange type. */
8050 is_ada_subrange_type (type
)
8053 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
8054 we are compiling Ada code. */
8055 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
8056 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
8057 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8058 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
8061 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8062 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8065 subrange_type_die (type
)
8068 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
8069 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8070 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8072 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
8074 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8075 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8077 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8078 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8079 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8080 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8081 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8082 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8083 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8084 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8085 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
8087 return subrange_die
;
8090 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8091 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8094 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
8097 int is_volatile_type
;
8098 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8100 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8101 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8102 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8103 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8105 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8107 tree qualified_type
;
8109 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8112 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8113 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8115 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8117 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8120 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8122 return mod_type_die
;
8125 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8126 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8127 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8128 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8130 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8131 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8133 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8135 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8136 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8137 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8139 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8140 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8141 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8142 type to which it refers. */
8144 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8145 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8148 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8154 else if (is_const_type
)
8156 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8157 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8159 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8161 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8162 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8164 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8166 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8167 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8168 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8170 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8172 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8174 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8176 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8177 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8178 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8180 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8182 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8184 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
8185 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
8186 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8187 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8190 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8192 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8193 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8194 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8195 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8196 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8198 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8199 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8201 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8202 not the main variant. */
8203 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8204 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8208 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8209 type
= qualified_type
;
8213 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8215 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8216 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8217 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8218 types are possible in Ada. */
8219 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8220 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8221 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8224 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8225 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8227 return mod_type_die
;
8230 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8231 an enumerated type. */
8237 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8240 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8246 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8248 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8251 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8254 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8255 zero if there is none. */
8257 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8258 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8264 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8267 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8268 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8270 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8272 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8274 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8277 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8278 a given hard register number. */
8280 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8281 one_reg_loc_descriptor (regno
)
8285 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8287 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8290 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8291 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8293 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8294 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
)
8299 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8301 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8302 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8304 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8305 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8307 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8314 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8315 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8316 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8322 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8324 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8327 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8330 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8334 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8335 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8336 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8337 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8342 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8344 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8345 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8348 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8350 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8351 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8355 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8358 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8360 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8370 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8372 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8373 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8379 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8382 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8384 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8385 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8389 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8390 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8391 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8393 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8394 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8395 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8398 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8400 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8402 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8407 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8413 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8414 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8415 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8416 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8419 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8420 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8421 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8422 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8424 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8425 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8426 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8427 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8429 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8430 autoincrement addressing modes.
8432 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8434 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8435 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8437 enum machine_mode mode
;
8439 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8441 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8442 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8443 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8444 zeroth element of the array. */
8446 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8448 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8453 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8454 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8456 /* ... fall through ... */
8459 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8460 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8461 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8462 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8463 contains the given subreg. */
8464 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8466 /* ... fall through ... */
8469 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8470 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8471 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8472 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8473 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8474 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8475 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8476 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8477 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8478 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8479 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8480 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8481 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8482 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8483 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8487 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8488 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8489 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8493 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8495 /* ... fall through ... */
8498 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8499 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8503 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8504 by a different symbol. */
8505 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8508 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8510 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8513 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8514 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8519 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8520 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8521 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8522 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8527 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8528 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8529 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8530 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8534 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8536 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8541 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8543 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8544 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8545 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8546 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8548 /* ... fall through ... */
8552 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8553 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8554 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8557 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8558 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8561 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8562 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8563 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8564 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8565 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8568 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8569 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8570 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8571 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8578 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8579 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8580 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8581 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8583 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8586 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8587 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8588 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8593 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8597 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8599 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8600 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8608 return mem_loc_result
;
8611 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8612 This is typically a complex variable. */
8614 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8615 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8618 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8619 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8620 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8622 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8625 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8626 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8627 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8628 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8630 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8631 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8632 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8633 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8635 return cc_loc_result
;
8638 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8639 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8640 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8641 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8642 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8644 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8646 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8647 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8650 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8652 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8655 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8656 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8657 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8658 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8659 contains the given subreg. */
8660 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8662 /* ... fall through ... */
8665 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8669 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8673 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8683 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8684 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8685 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8686 descriptor, return 0. */
8688 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8689 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8693 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8695 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8696 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8698 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8699 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8702 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8707 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8708 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8709 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8710 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8711 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8712 the names of types. */
8719 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8720 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8721 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8722 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8723 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8724 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8725 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8726 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8729 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8730 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8734 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8738 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8739 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8743 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8744 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8745 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8748 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8749 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8752 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8754 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8755 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8758 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8759 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8760 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8762 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8763 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8772 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8774 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8776 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8778 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8779 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8780 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8785 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8787 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8790 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8793 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8799 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8804 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8808 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8809 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8811 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8816 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8819 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8820 enum machine_mode mode
;
8823 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8824 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8829 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8831 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8834 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8836 /* Variable offset. */
8837 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8838 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8844 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8846 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8847 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8849 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8850 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8856 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8857 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8862 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8863 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8868 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8874 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8879 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8881 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8882 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8890 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8892 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8893 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8906 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8910 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8911 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8913 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8917 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8918 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8919 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8929 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8936 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8943 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8950 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8965 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8966 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8967 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8970 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8971 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8974 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8988 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8992 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8996 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8997 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8998 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8999 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9001 /* ... fall through ... */
9005 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9006 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9007 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9008 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9009 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9011 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9012 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9015 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9016 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9018 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9019 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9020 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9022 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9023 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9024 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9026 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9027 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9028 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9029 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9030 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9038 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9039 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
9042 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9043 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
9045 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9047 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9049 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9052 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9054 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9060 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9061 which is not less than the value itself. */
9063 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9064 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
9065 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
9066 unsigned int boundary
;
9068 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9071 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9072 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9073 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9082 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9083 return integer_type_node
;
9085 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9086 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9087 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9092 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9093 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9094 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9096 static inline unsigned
9097 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
9100 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9103 static inline unsigned
9104 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
9107 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9110 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9111 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9112 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9113 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9114 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9117 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9118 field_byte_offset (decl
)
9121 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9122 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9123 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9124 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9126 tree field_size_tree
;
9127 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9128 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9129 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9131 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9133 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9136 type
= field_type (decl
);
9137 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9139 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9140 a flexible array member. */
9141 if (! field_size_tree
)
9142 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9144 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9145 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9146 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9147 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9150 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9152 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9153 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9154 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9156 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9158 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9159 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9160 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9162 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9163 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9164 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9165 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9166 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9167 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9168 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9169 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9171 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9173 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9174 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9175 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9176 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9177 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9178 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9179 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9180 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9181 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9182 bits of the bit-field itself.
9184 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9185 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9186 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9187 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9188 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9189 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9190 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9191 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9192 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9194 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9195 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9196 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9197 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9198 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9199 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9201 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9202 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9203 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9205 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9206 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9207 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9209 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9210 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9211 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9212 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9214 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9216 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9217 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9219 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9220 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9221 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9222 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9225 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9228 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9229 associated with them. */
9231 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9233 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9234 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9235 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9238 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9240 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9241 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9244 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9247 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9248 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9249 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9250 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9251 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9252 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9255 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9256 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9257 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9258 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9259 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9260 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9261 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9262 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9263 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9267 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9272 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9274 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9276 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9277 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9279 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9280 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9281 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9282 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9284 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9286 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9288 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9290 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9291 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9292 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9294 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9295 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9296 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9298 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9299 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9303 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9304 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9305 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9306 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9308 /* Extract the offset. */
9309 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9310 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9312 /* Add it to the object address. */
9313 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9314 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9317 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9320 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9324 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9326 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9327 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9328 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9330 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9331 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9332 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9336 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9339 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9342 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9345 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9346 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9347 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9348 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9349 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9352 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9356 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9359 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9360 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9361 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9362 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9363 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9365 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9367 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9368 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9369 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9370 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9371 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9374 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9375 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9376 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9385 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9386 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9387 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9388 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9390 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9392 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9394 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9395 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9398 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9402 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9406 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9411 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9418 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9422 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9423 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9426 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9427 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9433 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9439 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9440 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9444 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9445 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9446 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9447 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9448 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9449 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9450 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9451 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9452 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9453 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9454 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9458 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9465 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9470 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9471 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9472 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9474 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9475 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9476 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9477 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9478 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9479 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9480 referenced within the function.
9482 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9483 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9484 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9485 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9487 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9488 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9489 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9490 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9491 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9492 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9494 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9495 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9496 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9497 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9498 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9499 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9500 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9501 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9502 output at debug-time.
9504 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9505 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9506 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9507 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9508 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9509 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9510 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9511 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9512 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9513 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9514 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9515 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9516 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9518 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9519 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9520 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9521 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9522 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9523 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9524 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9525 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9528 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9529 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9530 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9531 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9532 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9533 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9534 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9535 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9536 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9537 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9538 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9539 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9540 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9543 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9544 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9546 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9547 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9549 if (! reload_completed
)
9552 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9553 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9554 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9555 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9556 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9557 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9559 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9564 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9566 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9568 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9569 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9571 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9572 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9573 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9574 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9575 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9576 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9577 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9578 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9579 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9580 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9583 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9584 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9585 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9586 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9587 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9588 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9590 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9591 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9592 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9593 /* Not passed in memory. */
9594 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9595 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9596 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9597 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9598 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9599 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9600 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9603 /* Big endian correction check. */
9605 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9606 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9609 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9610 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9612 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9613 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9617 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9619 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9620 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9621 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9622 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9626 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9627 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9628 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9629 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9631 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9632 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9633 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9634 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9636 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9637 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9638 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9639 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9640 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9642 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9644 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9645 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9646 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9647 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9648 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9649 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9651 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9652 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9653 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9654 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9655 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9657 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9658 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9659 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9660 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9666 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9668 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9669 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9670 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9672 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9677 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9678 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9679 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9680 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9681 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9682 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9683 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9684 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9685 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9686 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9689 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9694 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9696 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9698 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9701 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9702 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9705 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9708 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9709 don't emit anything. */
9719 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9720 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9724 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9726 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9727 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9728 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9729 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9730 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9737 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9739 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9747 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9748 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9749 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9752 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9756 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9757 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9759 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9760 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9765 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9768 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9769 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9770 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9772 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9773 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9774 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9781 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9782 the value of the attribute. */
9785 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9787 const char *name_string
;
9789 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9791 if (demangle_name_func
)
9792 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9794 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9798 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9801 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
)
9804 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9806 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9809 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9810 a representation for that bound. */
9813 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9814 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9815 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9818 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9823 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9825 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9826 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9827 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9828 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9829 /* use the default */
9832 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9837 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9838 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9839 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9843 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9844 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9845 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9846 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9847 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9848 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9849 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9850 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9851 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9852 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9853 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9854 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9855 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9856 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9857 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9858 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9859 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9860 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9862 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9863 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9864 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9865 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9866 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9868 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9869 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9870 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9872 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9873 it references an outer function's frame. */
9874 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9876 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9878 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9879 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9882 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9883 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9884 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9885 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9886 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9889 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9895 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9897 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9898 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9899 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9900 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9902 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9903 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9909 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9910 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9912 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9913 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9915 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9919 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9920 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9922 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9924 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9925 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9926 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9927 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9928 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9930 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9931 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9933 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9934 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9935 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9936 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9938 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9944 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9945 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9948 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9949 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9952 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9953 unsigned dimension_number
;
9956 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9958 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9959 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9960 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9961 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9962 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9963 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9964 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9965 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9967 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9968 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9969 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9970 gen_array_type_die. */
9971 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9972 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9973 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9974 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9977 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9979 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9980 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9982 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9985 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9986 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9987 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9989 /* define the index type. */
9990 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9992 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9993 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9994 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9995 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9996 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9997 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9998 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10001 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10005 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10006 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10008 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10009 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10010 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10012 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10014 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10017 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10018 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10024 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
10030 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10035 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10038 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10039 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10042 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10043 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10044 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10045 even for bit-fields. */
10046 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10052 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10053 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10054 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10055 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10056 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10059 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10060 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10061 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10064 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10065 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10066 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10067 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10068 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10069 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10071 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10072 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10073 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10076 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
10080 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10081 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10082 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10083 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10084 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10085 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10087 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10089 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
10092 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10093 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10094 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10095 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10096 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10099 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10101 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10102 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10103 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10104 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10105 below must take account of these differences. */
10106 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10107 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10109 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10111 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10112 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10116 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10117 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10118 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10120 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10123 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10124 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10127 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
10131 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10132 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10133 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10136 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10137 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10140 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10141 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10144 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
10148 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10149 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10150 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10153 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10154 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10158 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
10162 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10164 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10166 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10167 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10168 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10170 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10171 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10175 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10177 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10179 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10182 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10183 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10184 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10185 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10187 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10190 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10193 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10196 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10200 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10202 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10204 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10205 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10206 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10207 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10210 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10211 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10212 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10213 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10217 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10220 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10224 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10226 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10227 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10230 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10231 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10234 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10240 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10241 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10243 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10244 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10245 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10247 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10248 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10249 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10250 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10251 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10252 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10255 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10256 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10257 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10258 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10260 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10261 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10262 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10267 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10270 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10273 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10276 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10281 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10284 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10287 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10288 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10289 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10290 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10291 the current active scope. */
10294 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10296 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10298 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10299 tree containing_scope
;
10302 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10306 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10308 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10309 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10310 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10312 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10313 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10314 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10315 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10316 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10318 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10319 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10320 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10322 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10323 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10324 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10325 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10326 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10331 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10332 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10335 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10336 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10339 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10342 scope_die
= context_die
;
10347 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10350 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10351 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10353 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10354 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10355 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10361 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10364 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10365 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10367 return (context_die
10368 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10369 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10372 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10373 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10374 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10377 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10378 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10382 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10384 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10385 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10387 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10388 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10389 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10390 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10391 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10392 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10393 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10395 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10396 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10397 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10398 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10399 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10402 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10403 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10404 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10407 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10408 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10411 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10412 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10413 was declared without a tag. */
10415 static const char *
10419 const char *name
= 0;
10421 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10425 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10426 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10427 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10429 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10430 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10432 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10433 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10434 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10436 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10438 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10441 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10444 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10445 for bit field types. */
10448 member_declared_type (member
)
10451 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10452 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10455 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10456 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10459 static const char *
10460 decl_start_label (decl
)
10464 const char *fnname
;
10466 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10467 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10471 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10474 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10479 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10480 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10481 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10484 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10486 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10488 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10489 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10492 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10493 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10494 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10495 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10496 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10499 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10500 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10501 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10503 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10505 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10506 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10507 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10508 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10512 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10513 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10514 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10515 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10516 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10517 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10518 for multidimensional arrays. */
10519 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10522 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10523 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10524 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10525 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10526 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10529 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10531 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10532 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10534 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10535 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10536 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10537 add_subscript_info. */
10538 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10539 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10540 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10542 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10545 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10549 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10551 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10553 dw_die_ref type_die
10554 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10556 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10557 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10562 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10564 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10566 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10567 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10569 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10570 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10573 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10574 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10575 0, 0, context_die
);
10578 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10579 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10581 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10585 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10586 emit full debugging info for them. */
10589 retry_incomplete_types ()
10593 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10594 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10597 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10600 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10602 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10604 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10606 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10607 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10608 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10611 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10614 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10616 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10618 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10620 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10621 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10622 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10625 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10628 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10630 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10632 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10634 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10635 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10636 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10639 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10640 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10641 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10645 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10647 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10649 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10651 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10653 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10654 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10655 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10656 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10658 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10661 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10663 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10664 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10665 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10666 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10670 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10671 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10672 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10673 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10675 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10676 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10677 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10678 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10680 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10681 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10683 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10685 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10686 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10688 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10690 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10691 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10692 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10694 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10695 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10700 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10703 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10704 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10707 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10708 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10709 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10710 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10711 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10712 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10713 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10714 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10717 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10719 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10721 dw_die_ref parm_die
10722 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10725 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10728 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10729 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10730 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10733 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10734 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10735 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10736 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10738 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10739 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10742 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10743 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10744 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10749 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10750 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10760 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10761 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10764 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10766 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10768 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10771 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10772 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10773 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10774 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10777 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10778 tree function_or_method_type
;
10779 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10782 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10783 tree first_parm_type
;
10786 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10788 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10789 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10794 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10796 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10797 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10798 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10800 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10802 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10803 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10806 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10807 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10808 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10809 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10810 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10811 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10813 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10815 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10818 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10819 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10820 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10821 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10823 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10824 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10825 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10826 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10827 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10828 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10831 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10832 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10833 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10834 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10835 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10838 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10840 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10842 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10844 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10845 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10846 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10847 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10849 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10852 push_decl_scope (type
);
10853 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10854 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10856 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10862 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10863 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10866 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10869 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10872 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10874 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10875 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10877 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10878 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10879 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10882 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10883 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10884 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10886 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10888 gen_type_die_for_member
10889 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10892 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10893 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10894 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10896 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10897 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10898 if (! was_abstract
)
10899 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10901 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10904 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10908 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10910 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10912 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10913 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10914 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10918 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10919 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10920 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10922 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10923 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10924 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10925 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10926 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10928 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10929 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10936 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10938 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10941 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10942 inline function. */
10943 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10944 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10946 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10947 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10951 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10953 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10954 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10955 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10956 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10957 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10959 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10960 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10961 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10962 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10963 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10969 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10970 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10971 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10972 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10973 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10974 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10975 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10976 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10977 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10978 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10979 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10980 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10982 subr_die
= old_die
;
10984 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10985 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10986 remove_children (subr_die
);
10990 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10991 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10992 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10993 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10994 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10995 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10997 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11002 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11004 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11005 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11007 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11008 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11010 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11011 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11012 0, 0, context_die
);
11015 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11016 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11017 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11019 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11020 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11021 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11022 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11027 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11029 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11031 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11032 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11033 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11034 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
11035 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11036 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11039 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11041 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
11043 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
11044 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
11045 We can't get this completely correct because information
11046 about whether the function was declared inline is not
11048 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
11049 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11051 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11054 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11056 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11058 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11060 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11061 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11063 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11064 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11065 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11067 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11068 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11070 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11071 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11073 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11074 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11075 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11078 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11079 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11080 variables is relative to one of them. */
11082 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
11083 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
11086 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11087 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11088 if (current_function_needs_context
)
11089 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11090 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
11094 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11095 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11096 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11097 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11098 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11099 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11100 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11101 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11102 an ellipsis at the end. */
11104 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11105 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11106 its formal parameters. */
11107 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11109 else if (declaration
)
11110 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11113 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
11114 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11117 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11118 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11119 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11120 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11122 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11123 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11124 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11125 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11127 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11130 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11131 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11132 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11133 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11134 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11135 parameters at all. */
11136 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11137 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11139 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
11140 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11141 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11143 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11144 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11147 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11148 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11149 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11151 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11152 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11153 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11154 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11155 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11156 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11157 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11159 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11160 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11161 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11162 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11163 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11164 constructor function. */
11165 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11167 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11168 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11170 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11171 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11173 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11174 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11176 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11177 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11184 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11187 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
11189 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11191 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11192 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11194 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11195 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11196 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11198 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11199 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11201 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11202 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11204 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11205 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11208 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11209 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11210 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11212 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11213 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11214 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11216 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11218 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11219 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11221 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11222 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11224 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11225 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11230 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11231 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11232 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11234 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11235 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11237 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11238 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11240 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11241 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11242 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11243 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11247 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11249 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11250 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11252 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11254 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11255 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11258 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11261 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11264 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11266 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11268 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11269 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11271 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11273 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11274 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11276 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11278 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11279 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11282 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11284 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11285 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11286 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11287 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11288 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11289 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11291 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11292 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11293 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11294 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11295 it if it ever does happen. */
11296 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11299 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11300 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11305 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11308 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11310 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11313 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11314 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11316 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11318 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11322 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11324 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11327 add_ranges (chain
);
11328 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11335 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11336 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11337 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11338 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11339 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11340 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11344 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11347 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11350 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11352 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11355 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11357 dw_die_ref subr_die
11358 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11359 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11360 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11362 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11363 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11365 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11366 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11367 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11368 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11369 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11370 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11371 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11372 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11373 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11376 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11377 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11378 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11379 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11380 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11381 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11382 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11383 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11384 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11385 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11386 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11388 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11391 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11394 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11396 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11398 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11400 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11401 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11402 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11405 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11407 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11408 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11409 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11412 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11413 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11415 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11416 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11418 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11419 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11420 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11421 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11425 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11426 Use modified_type_die instead.
11427 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11428 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11431 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11433 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11436 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11438 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11439 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11440 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11443 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11444 Use modified_type_die instead.
11445 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11446 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11449 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11451 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11454 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11456 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11457 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11458 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11462 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11465 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11467 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11470 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11471 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11473 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11474 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11475 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11476 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11479 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11482 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11483 const char *filename
;
11486 char producer
[250];
11487 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11490 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11494 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11495 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
11496 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11499 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11501 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11502 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11503 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11504 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11505 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11506 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11507 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11508 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11509 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11512 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11514 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11515 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11516 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11517 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11518 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11519 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11520 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11521 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11522 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11523 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11525 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11527 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11531 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11534 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11536 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11538 dw_die_ref type_die
11539 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11541 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11543 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11544 TODO: add string length info. */
11546 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11547 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11551 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11554 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, access
, context_die
)
11555 tree binfo
, access
;
11556 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11558 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11560 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11561 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11563 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11564 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11566 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11567 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11568 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11569 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11572 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11575 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11577 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11580 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11583 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11584 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11585 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11586 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11587 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11588 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11589 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11590 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11591 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11592 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11593 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11595 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11596 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11598 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11599 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11600 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11603 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11604 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11605 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11606 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11609 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11610 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11612 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11613 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11614 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11615 do put them in the right order. */
11617 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11619 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11621 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11624 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11625 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11627 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11628 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11631 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11633 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11635 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11639 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11640 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11641 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11644 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11646 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11648 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11649 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11651 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11652 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11653 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11655 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11658 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11659 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11662 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11664 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11665 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11667 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11669 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11670 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11672 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11674 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11676 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11679 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11681 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11682 then give a list of members. */
11685 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11686 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11687 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11688 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11689 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11690 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11692 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11693 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11694 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11695 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11697 push_decl_scope (type
);
11698 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11701 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11702 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11704 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11706 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11707 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11708 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11713 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11715 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11716 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11717 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11718 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11722 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11725 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11727 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11729 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11730 dw_die_ref subr_die
11731 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11732 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11734 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11735 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11736 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11737 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11740 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11743 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11745 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11747 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11750 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11753 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11754 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11755 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11756 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11757 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11762 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11763 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11765 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11767 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11770 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11773 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11775 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11776 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11779 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11780 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11783 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11786 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11788 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11792 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11795 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11796 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11798 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11801 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11802 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11805 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11806 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11810 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11811 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11812 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11813 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11814 cloned type itself). */
11815 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11816 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11818 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11821 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11827 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11828 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11829 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11830 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11831 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11833 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11835 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11836 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11837 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11841 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11842 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11843 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11845 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11846 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11848 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11850 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11854 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11855 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11859 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11860 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11863 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11864 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11865 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11866 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11870 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11871 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11872 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11876 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11878 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11879 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11882 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11886 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11889 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11892 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11893 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11894 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11895 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11896 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11897 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11898 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11899 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11900 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11901 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11903 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11905 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11908 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11909 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11910 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11916 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11917 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11919 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11924 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11925 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11926 when appropriate. */
11935 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11939 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11946 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11949 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11952 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11954 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11956 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11959 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11960 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11961 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11963 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11966 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11967 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11969 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11974 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11975 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11979 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11983 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11984 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11992 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11993 things which are local to the given block. */
11996 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11998 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12001 int must_output_die
= 0;
12004 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12006 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12007 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
12008 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
12011 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12012 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12013 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12014 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12018 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12019 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12024 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12025 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12026 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12027 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12028 the current block. */
12029 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12030 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12032 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12034 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12035 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12036 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12037 must_output_die
= 1;
12040 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12041 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12042 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12043 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12044 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12045 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12046 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12047 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12049 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12050 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12051 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12052 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12053 as being a "significant" one. */
12054 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
12056 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12057 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12058 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12059 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12060 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12061 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12063 must_output_die
= 1;
12069 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12070 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12071 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12072 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12073 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12074 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12075 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12076 if (must_output_die
)
12078 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12079 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12081 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12084 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12087 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12088 all of its sub-blocks. */
12091 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
12093 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12099 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12100 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12103 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12104 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12105 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12106 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12107 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12111 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12112 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12113 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12114 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12118 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12119 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12121 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12124 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12125 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12128 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12129 therein) of this block. */
12130 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12132 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12133 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12136 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12139 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
12142 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12145 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12146 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12147 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12148 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12149 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12150 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12156 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12159 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
12161 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12165 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12168 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12174 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12175 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12178 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12179 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12180 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12181 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12182 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12185 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12186 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12187 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12189 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12190 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12191 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12192 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
12193 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12194 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12195 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12196 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12198 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12199 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12202 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12203 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12205 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12206 have described its return type. */
12207 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12209 /* And its virtual context. */
12210 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12211 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12213 /* And its containing type. */
12214 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12215 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12216 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12219 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12220 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12224 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12225 actual typedefs. */
12226 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12229 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12230 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12231 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12232 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12233 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12234 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12235 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12237 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12241 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12242 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12244 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12245 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12249 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12250 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12254 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12255 variable declarations or definitions. */
12256 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12259 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12261 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12263 /* And its containing type. */
12264 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12265 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12266 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12268 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12269 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12270 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12272 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12273 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12274 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12276 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12280 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12281 anonymous unions. */
12282 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12283 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12285 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12286 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12291 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12292 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12295 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12296 /* Ignore for now. */
12300 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12301 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12307 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12310 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12311 const char *filename
;
12312 const char *context_list
;
12314 unsigned int file_index
;
12316 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12318 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12319 tree context_list_decl
12320 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12323 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12324 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12325 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12326 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12327 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12331 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12332 compilation proper has finished. */
12335 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12338 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12339 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12340 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12341 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12342 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12343 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12346 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12349 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12352 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12354 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12359 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12360 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12361 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12362 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12363 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12366 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12367 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12368 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12369 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12370 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12371 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12372 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12373 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12374 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12375 with the definition of the function.
12377 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12378 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12379 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12380 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12381 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12382 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12383 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12384 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12385 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12386 that they *are* definitions).
12388 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12389 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12390 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12391 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12392 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12393 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12396 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12397 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12398 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12399 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12400 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12401 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12402 context_die
= NULL
;
12406 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12407 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12408 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12409 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12410 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12411 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12412 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12413 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12414 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12417 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12418 variable declarations or definitions. */
12419 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12424 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12425 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12428 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12429 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12430 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12432 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12433 comparisons have. */
12434 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12435 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12436 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12437 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12438 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12443 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12444 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12447 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12448 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12449 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12450 context_die
= NULL
;
12458 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12461 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12462 a lexical block. */
12465 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12466 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12467 unsigned int blocknum
;
12469 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12470 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12473 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12477 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12478 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12479 unsigned int blocknum
;
12481 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12482 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12485 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12486 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12488 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12489 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12490 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12493 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12498 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12499 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12500 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12506 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12507 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12508 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12509 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12510 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12511 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12512 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12513 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12514 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12518 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12519 const char *file_name
;
12522 char *save_file_name
;
12524 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12525 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12526 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12529 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12530 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12531 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12534 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12535 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12536 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12537 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12539 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12543 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12544 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12545 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12546 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12547 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12553 maybe_emit_file (fileno
)
12556 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12558 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12560 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12561 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12562 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12563 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12564 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12565 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12567 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12576 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12577 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12578 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12580 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12581 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12582 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12583 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12586 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12587 and record information relating to this source line, in
12588 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12591 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12593 const char *filename
;
12595 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12598 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12600 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12601 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12602 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12605 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12607 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12609 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12611 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12612 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12614 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12615 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12617 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12618 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12619 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12621 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12623 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12624 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12625 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12627 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12628 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12629 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12631 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12632 separate_line_info_table
12633 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12634 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12635 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12636 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12637 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12638 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12640 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12641 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12644 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12646 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12647 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12648 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12649 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12653 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12655 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12656 line_info_table_in_use
);
12658 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12659 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12661 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12663 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12664 (line_info_table_allocated
12665 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12666 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12667 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12670 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12671 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12672 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12673 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12678 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12681 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12682 unsigned int lineno
;
12683 const char *filename
;
12685 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12687 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12688 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12690 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12691 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12694 is_main_source
= 0;
12696 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12698 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12702 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12704 "Filename we just started");
12708 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12711 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12712 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12714 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12715 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12716 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12718 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12720 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12725 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12726 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12727 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12730 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12731 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12732 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12734 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12736 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12738 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12739 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12743 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12744 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12745 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12748 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12749 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12750 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12752 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12754 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12756 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12757 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12761 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12764 dwarf2out_init (filename
)
12765 const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12767 init_file_table ();
12769 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12770 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12771 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12772 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12773 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12775 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12776 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12778 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12779 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12780 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12781 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12782 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12783 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12785 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12786 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12787 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12788 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12790 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12791 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12793 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12794 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12795 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12796 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12797 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12798 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12799 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12800 is_main_source
= 1;
12802 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12804 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12807 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12808 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12809 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12810 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12812 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12814 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12815 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12816 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12817 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12818 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12819 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12820 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12821 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12822 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12824 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12825 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12827 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12829 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12830 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12831 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12832 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12835 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12838 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12842 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12843 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12846 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12848 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12850 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12852 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12854 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12855 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12856 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12864 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12865 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12868 prune_unmark_dies (die
)
12873 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12874 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12878 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12879 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12882 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
)
12887 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12889 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12891 /* A reference to another DIE.
12892 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12893 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12895 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12897 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12898 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12899 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12905 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12906 to DIE's children. */
12909 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, dokids
)
12915 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12917 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12920 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12921 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12922 if (die
->die_parent
)
12923 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12925 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12926 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12929 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12931 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12932 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12936 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12938 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12939 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12940 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12941 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12943 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12949 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12952 prune_unused_types_walk (die
)
12957 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12961 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12962 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12963 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12964 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12965 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12966 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12967 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12968 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12969 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12970 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12971 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12972 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12973 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12974 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12975 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12976 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12977 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12978 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12979 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12980 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12981 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12985 /* Mark everything else. */
12991 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12992 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12994 /* Mark children. */
12995 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12996 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
13000 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13003 prune_unused_types_prune (die
)
13006 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
13007 if (!die
->die_mark
)
13011 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
13016 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
13024 die
->die_child
= n
;
13031 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13034 prune_unused_types ()
13037 limbo_die_node
*node
;
13039 /* Clear all the marks. */
13040 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13041 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13042 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13044 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13045 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
13046 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13047 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
13049 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13050 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13051 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
13052 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
13053 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
13054 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
13056 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13057 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
13058 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13059 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
13061 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13062 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13063 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13064 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
13067 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13068 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13071 dwarf2out_finish (filename
)
13072 const char *filename
;
13074 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13075 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13077 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13078 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13079 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13080 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13081 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13082 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13085 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13086 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13088 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13093 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13094 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13095 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13096 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13098 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13100 next_node
= node
->next
;
13103 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13105 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13109 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13110 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13112 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13113 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13114 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13115 else if (node
->created_for
13116 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13117 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13119 (node
->created_for
)))))
13120 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13121 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13122 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13123 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13124 else if (node
->created_for
13125 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13126 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13127 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13128 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13129 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13131 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13132 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13133 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13134 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13135 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13136 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13139 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13146 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13148 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13149 emit full debugging info for them. */
13150 retry_incomplete_types ();
13152 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13153 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13154 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13156 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13157 prune_unused_types ();
13159 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13160 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13161 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13162 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13164 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13165 that have children. */
13166 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13167 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13168 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13170 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13172 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13174 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13175 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13176 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13177 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13178 examining the file. */
13179 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13181 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13182 output_line_info ();
13185 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13186 if (have_location_lists
)
13188 /* Output the location lists info. */
13189 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13190 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13191 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13192 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13193 output_location_lists (die
);
13194 have_location_lists
= 0;
13197 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13199 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13201 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13202 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13205 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13206 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13207 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13208 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13210 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13211 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13212 debug_line_section_label
);
13214 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13215 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13217 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13218 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13219 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13220 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13222 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13224 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13225 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13226 output_abbrev_section ();
13228 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13229 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13231 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13232 output_pubnames ();
13235 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13236 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13237 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13239 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13243 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13244 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13246 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13247 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13251 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13252 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13254 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13256 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13259 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13261 if (debug_str_hash
)
13262 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13266 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13267 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13269 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13271 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"